1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
70 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
71 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
74 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
75 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
76 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
77 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
78 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
79 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
80 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
81 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
82 CIE = Common Information Entry
83 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
84 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
85 FDE = Frame Description Entry
86 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
87 how to restore registers
89 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
90 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
92 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
98 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
99 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
100 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
103 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
104 || flag_unwind_tables
105 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
110 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
112 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
115 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
116 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
118 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
120 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
122 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
123 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
124 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
125 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
126 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
130 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
134 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
135 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
139 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
144 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
146 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
148 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
151 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
152 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
153 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
156 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
158 default_eh_frame_section (void)
160 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
161 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
163 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
167 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
168 must be kept around forever. */
169 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
171 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
172 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
173 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
174 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
176 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
177 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
178 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
179 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
180 define type declaration DIE's. */
181 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
183 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
184 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
185 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
188 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
192 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
193 Information instructions. The register number, offset
194 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
195 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
197 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
199 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
205 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
207 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
208 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
209 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
210 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
214 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
216 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
217 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
218 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
220 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
225 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
226 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
227 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
228 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
229 of this structure. */
230 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
233 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
234 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
235 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
238 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
239 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
240 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
241 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
242 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
246 const char *dw_fde_begin;
247 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
248 const char *dw_fde_end;
249 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
250 unsigned funcdef_number;
251 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
252 unsigned nothrow : 1;
253 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
257 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
258 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
260 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
261 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
262 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
263 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
265 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
266 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
269 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
270 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
271 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
274 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
275 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
278 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
279 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
280 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
283 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
284 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
286 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
287 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
290 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
292 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
293 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
294 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
296 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
297 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
298 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
299 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
301 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
305 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
306 information for each routine. */
307 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
309 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
310 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
312 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
313 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
315 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
317 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
319 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
320 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
322 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
323 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
324 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
325 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
326 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
327 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
330 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
333 unsigned int refcount;
338 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
340 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
341 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
343 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
345 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
347 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
348 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
349 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
350 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
351 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
352 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
353 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
354 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
355 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
356 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
357 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
358 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
359 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx);
360 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
361 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
362 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
363 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
365 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
366 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
367 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
368 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
369 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
371 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
373 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
374 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
375 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
378 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
379 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
380 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
382 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
383 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
386 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
387 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
390 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
391 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
394 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
395 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
396 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
397 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
398 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
399 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
401 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
403 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
404 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
406 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
407 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
409 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
411 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
413 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
417 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
418 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
419 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
420 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
423 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
424 for the current function. */
425 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
426 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
429 /* Hook used by __throw. */
432 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
434 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
437 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
438 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
441 stripattributes (const char *s)
443 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
448 while (*s && *s != ',')
455 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
458 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
461 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
462 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
463 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
464 bool wrote_return_column = false;
466 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
467 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
469 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
470 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
473 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
474 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
475 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
477 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
479 wrote_return_column = true;
481 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
485 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
488 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
489 if (! wrote_return_column)
491 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
492 wrote_return_column = false;
494 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
497 if (! wrote_return_column)
499 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
500 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
501 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
502 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
506 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
509 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
513 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
514 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
516 return "DW_CFA_offset";
518 return "DW_CFA_restore";
522 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
523 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
524 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
525 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
526 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
527 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
528 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
529 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
530 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
531 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
532 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
533 case DW_CFA_undefined:
534 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
535 case DW_CFA_same_value:
536 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
537 case DW_CFA_register:
538 return "DW_CFA_register";
539 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
540 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
541 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
542 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
544 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
547 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
548 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
553 case DW_CFA_expression:
554 return "DW_CFA_expression";
555 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
556 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
557 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
558 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
559 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
560 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
562 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
563 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
564 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
567 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
568 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
569 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
570 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
571 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
572 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
575 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
579 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
581 static inline dw_cfi_ref
584 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
586 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
587 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
588 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
593 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
596 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
600 /* Find the end of the chain. */
601 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
607 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
610 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
612 static char label[20];
614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
615 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
619 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
620 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
623 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
627 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
630 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
632 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
633 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
637 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
639 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
641 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
642 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
643 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
646 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
650 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
653 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
656 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
658 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
660 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
661 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
664 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
667 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
668 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
671 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
678 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
681 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
685 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
688 loc->base_offset = 0;
690 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
691 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
693 if (fde_table_in_use)
695 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
696 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
697 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
701 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
702 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
704 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
706 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
708 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
709 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
711 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
714 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
715 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
716 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
719 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
726 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
729 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
730 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
733 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
736 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
741 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
742 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
744 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
745 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
747 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
748 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
749 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
750 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
755 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
757 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
758 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
760 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
761 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
764 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
765 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
768 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
769 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
770 offset has not changed. */
771 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
772 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
776 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
778 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
779 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
780 the specified offset. */
781 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
783 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
787 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
788 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
789 register-offset pair is available. */
790 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
792 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
793 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
794 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
797 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
800 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
801 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
802 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
803 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
806 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
808 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
810 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
812 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
813 the value isn't a register number. */
814 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
817 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
819 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
821 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
823 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
825 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
826 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
827 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
829 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
831 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
835 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
837 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
839 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
841 else if (sreg == reg)
842 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
847 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
850 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
853 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
854 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
855 from the previous frame's window save area.
857 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
858 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
861 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
863 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
865 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
866 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
869 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
870 pushed onto the stack. */
873 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
877 if (size == old_args_size)
880 old_args_size = size;
883 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
884 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
885 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
888 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
889 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
892 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
894 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
897 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
898 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
901 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
903 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
906 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
907 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
912 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
915 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
916 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
919 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
921 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
922 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
924 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
927 /* RA is in a register. */
928 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
932 /* RA is on the stack. */
934 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
937 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
943 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
945 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
949 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
951 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
966 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
973 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
982 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
983 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
987 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code = GET_CODE (src);
991 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
992 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
996 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1000 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1004 code = GET_CODE (src);
1010 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1012 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
1015 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
1017 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1024 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1026 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1033 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1035 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1050 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1051 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1052 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1055 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn)
1057 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1061 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1062 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1063 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1064 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1065 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1068 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1070 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1071 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1072 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1073 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1074 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1075 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1076 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1079 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1083 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1084 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1085 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1088 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1090 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1091 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1092 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1093 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1094 offset = -args_size;
1099 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1100 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1101 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1102 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1104 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1106 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1107 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1108 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1116 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1117 cfa.offset += offset;
1119 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1123 args_size += offset;
1127 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1128 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1129 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1134 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1135 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1136 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1138 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1140 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1142 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1145 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1147 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1148 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1151 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1153 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1155 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1157 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1158 queued_reg_saves = q;
1160 last_reg_save_label = label;
1164 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1166 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1168 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1170 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1174 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1175 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1179 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1181 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1183 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1184 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1191 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1192 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1193 value, not an offset. */
1194 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1196 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1197 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1198 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1201 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1202 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1203 users need not read the source code.
1205 The High-Level Picture
1207 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1208 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1209 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1210 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1211 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1213 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1214 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1215 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1216 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1217 saves. This also seems to work.
1219 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1220 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1221 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1222 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1224 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1225 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1226 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1227 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1229 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1231 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1232 consists of a register and an offset.
1233 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1234 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1235 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1236 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1237 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1238 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1239 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1241 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1242 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1243 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1246 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1247 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1248 and cfa_temp.offset.
1250 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1253 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1254 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1255 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1259 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1260 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1263 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1264 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1265 cfa.offset unchanged
1266 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1267 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1270 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1271 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1272 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1273 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1274 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1275 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1278 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1279 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1280 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1283 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1284 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1286 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1288 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1291 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1292 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1294 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1295 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1298 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1304 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1305 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1308 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1312 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1313 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1314 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1317 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1318 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1319 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1321 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1324 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1325 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1326 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1328 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1331 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1334 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1335 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1338 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1339 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1340 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1343 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1344 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1345 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1346 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1349 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1352 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1354 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1355 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1356 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1357 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1358 flag is set in them. */
1359 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1362 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1364 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1365 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1366 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1368 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1373 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1376 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1377 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1379 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1383 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1384 relative to the current CFA register. */
1385 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1387 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1389 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1395 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1396 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1397 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1398 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1399 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1400 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1401 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1407 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1411 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1414 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1417 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1419 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1425 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1427 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1428 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1430 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1432 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1433 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1435 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1438 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1440 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1441 cfa.offset += offset;
1442 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1443 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1445 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1448 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1449 or adjusting the FP */
1450 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1453 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1454 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1455 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1457 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1458 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1460 cfa.offset += offset;
1461 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1468 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1473 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1474 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1476 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1477 into the FP later on. */
1478 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1479 cfa.offset += offset;
1480 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1481 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1482 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1483 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1487 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1488 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1489 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1491 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1492 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1493 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1495 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1496 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1500 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1501 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1503 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1504 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1513 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1514 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1519 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1520 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1521 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1524 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1525 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1526 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1529 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1530 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1539 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1543 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1546 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1548 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1553 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1554 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1556 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1558 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1559 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1562 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1563 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1564 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1566 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1572 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1573 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1576 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1577 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1580 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1581 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1582 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1584 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1588 /* With an offset. */
1592 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1594 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1595 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1598 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1599 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1600 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1601 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1607 /* Without an offset. */
1609 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1610 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1611 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1612 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1619 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1621 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1622 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1629 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1631 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1633 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1635 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1637 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1638 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1640 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1641 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1646 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1647 calculate the CFA. */
1648 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1650 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1652 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1655 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1656 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1658 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1663 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1664 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1672 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1673 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1674 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1677 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn)
1682 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1684 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1685 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1687 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1689 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1692 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1695 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1699 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1700 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1702 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1704 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1705 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1710 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1711 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1713 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1715 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1717 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1722 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1723 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1724 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1726 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1727 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1732 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1733 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1735 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1738 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1739 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1740 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1743 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1745 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1747 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1748 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1749 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1751 case DW_CFA_register:
1752 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1754 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1755 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1757 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1760 case DW_CFA_expression:
1761 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1768 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1769 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1770 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1772 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1773 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1778 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1781 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1782 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1784 case DW_CFA_register:
1785 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1788 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1792 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1794 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1795 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1796 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1797 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1798 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1801 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1804 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1807 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1809 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1810 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1811 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1812 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1814 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1816 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1817 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1819 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1821 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1823 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1828 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1830 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1832 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1834 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1835 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1836 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1839 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1840 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1843 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1844 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1845 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1846 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1849 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1850 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1851 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1852 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1855 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1856 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1857 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1858 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1861 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1862 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1863 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1864 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1867 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1869 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1874 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1876 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1877 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1881 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1882 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1883 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1884 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1885 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1889 case DW_CFA_register:
1890 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1892 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1893 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1897 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1898 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1901 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1902 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1905 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1908 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1909 case DW_CFA_expression:
1910 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1913 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1914 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1923 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
1924 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1925 location of saved registers. */
1928 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
1933 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1934 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
1935 char augmentation[6];
1936 int augmentation_size;
1937 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1938 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1939 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1941 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1942 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1945 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1946 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1947 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1948 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1951 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1953 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1954 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1955 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
1956 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
1957 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
1958 any_eh_needed = true;
1960 if (! any_eh_needed)
1964 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1969 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1971 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1973 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1974 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1976 /* Output the CIE. */
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1979 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1980 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1981 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1983 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1984 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1985 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1986 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1987 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1991 augmentation[0] = 0;
1992 augmentation_size = 0;
1998 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1999 augmentation section.
2000 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2001 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2002 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2004 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2005 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2007 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2008 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2009 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2011 p = augmentation + 1;
2012 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2015 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2017 if (any_lsda_needed)
2020 augmentation_size += 1;
2022 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2025 augmentation_size += 1;
2027 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2029 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2033 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2034 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2036 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2038 + 1 /* CIE version */
2039 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2040 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2041 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2043 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2044 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2045 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2047 augmentation_size += pad;
2049 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2050 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2051 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2056 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2058 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2059 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2062 if (augmentation[0])
2064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2065 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2068 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2069 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2070 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2073 if (any_lsda_needed)
2074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2075 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2077 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2079 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2082 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2083 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2085 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2086 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2087 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2088 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2090 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2091 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2093 fde = &fde_table[i];
2095 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2096 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2097 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2098 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2101 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2103 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2104 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2106 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2109 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2111 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2116 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2117 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2118 "FDE initial location");
2119 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2120 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2121 "FDE address range");
2125 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2126 "FDE initial location");
2127 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2128 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2129 "FDE address range");
2132 if (augmentation[0])
2134 if (any_lsda_needed)
2136 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2138 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2140 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2141 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2142 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2143 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2144 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2147 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2153 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2155 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2156 fde->funcdef_number);
2157 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2158 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2159 "Language Specific Data Area");
2163 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2164 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2166 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2167 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2174 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2176 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2177 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2178 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2180 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2181 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2182 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2183 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2186 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2187 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2188 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2189 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2190 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2191 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2194 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2199 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2203 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2204 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2206 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2209 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2211 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2212 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2213 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2215 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2216 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2219 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2223 function_section (current_function_decl);
2224 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2225 current_function_funcdef_no);
2226 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2227 current_function_funcdef_no);
2228 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2230 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2231 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2232 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2236 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2237 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2239 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2240 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2241 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2242 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2243 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2246 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2247 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2249 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2250 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2251 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2252 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2253 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2254 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2255 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2256 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2257 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2258 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2260 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2262 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2263 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2264 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2266 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2270 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2271 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2275 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2276 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2279 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2281 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2283 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2284 current_function_funcdef_no);
2285 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2286 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2287 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2291 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2293 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2294 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2295 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2296 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2298 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2299 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2301 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2302 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2303 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2304 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2309 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2311 /* Output call frame information. */
2312 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2313 output_call_frame_info (0);
2315 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2316 output_call_frame_info (1);
2320 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2321 for emitting location expressions. */
2323 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2324 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2325 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2328 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2329 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2330 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2331 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2333 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2334 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2335 implementation are listed below. */
2340 dw_val_class_offset,
2342 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2343 dw_val_class_range_list,
2345 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2346 dw_val_class_long_long,
2349 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2350 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2351 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2352 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2356 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2357 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2359 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2366 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2368 typedef struct dw_fp_struct GTY(())
2370 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2375 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2376 represented internally. */
2378 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2380 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2381 union dw_val_struct_union
2383 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2384 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2385 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2386 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2387 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2389 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2390 dw_float_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float;
2391 struct dw_val_die_union
2395 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2396 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2397 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2398 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2399 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2401 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2405 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2408 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2410 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2411 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2412 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2413 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2418 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2419 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2420 their entire life. */
2421 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2423 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2424 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2425 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2426 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2427 Only on head of list */
2428 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2429 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2432 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2434 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2435 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2436 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2437 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2438 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2439 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2440 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2441 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2443 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2446 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2451 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2452 return "DW_OP_addr";
2454 return "DW_OP_deref";
2456 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2464 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2466 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2468 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2470 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2472 return "DW_OP_constu";
2474 return "DW_OP_consts";
2478 return "DW_OP_drop";
2480 return "DW_OP_over";
2482 return "DW_OP_pick";
2484 return "DW_OP_swap";
2488 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2496 return "DW_OP_minus";
2508 return "DW_OP_plus";
2509 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2510 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2516 return "DW_OP_shra";
2534 return "DW_OP_skip";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2592 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2594 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2596 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2598 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2656 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2658 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2660 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2662 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2720 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2722 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2724 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2726 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2728 return "DW_OP_regx";
2730 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2732 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2734 return "DW_OP_piece";
2735 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2736 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2737 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2738 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2741 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2742 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2744 return "DW_OP_call2";
2746 return "DW_OP_call4";
2747 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2748 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2749 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2750 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2752 return "OP_<unknown>";
2756 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2757 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2758 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2760 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2761 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2762 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2766 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2767 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2768 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2769 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2770 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2776 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2779 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2781 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2783 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2784 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2790 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2792 static unsigned long
2793 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2795 unsigned long size = 1;
2797 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2800 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2801 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2820 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2823 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2828 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2829 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2867 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2870 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2873 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2876 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2877 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2880 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2882 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2883 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2892 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2893 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2902 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2904 static unsigned long
2905 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2909 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2911 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2912 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2923 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2924 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2926 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2951 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2952 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3064 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3066 /* Output the opcode. */
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3068 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3070 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3071 output_loc_operands (loc);
3075 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3076 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3079 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3081 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3084 /* Output the size of the block. */
3085 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3086 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3089 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3090 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3093 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3094 a dw_cfa_location. */
3096 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3097 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3099 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3101 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3104 if (cfa->base_offset)
3107 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3109 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3111 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3112 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3114 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3116 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3117 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3118 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3119 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3121 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3128 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3129 descriptor sequence. */
3132 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3134 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3136 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3140 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3142 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3178 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3181 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3215 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3216 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3219 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3220 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3225 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3226 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3229 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3230 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3234 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3236 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3239 /* .debug_str support. */
3240 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3242 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3243 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3244 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3245 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3246 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3247 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3248 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3249 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3250 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3251 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3252 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3253 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3254 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3255 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3257 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3259 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3265 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3266 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3267 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3268 dwarf2out_end_block,
3269 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3270 dwarf2out_source_line,
3271 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3272 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3273 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3274 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3275 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3276 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3277 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3278 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3279 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3280 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3281 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3282 something tries to reference them. */
3283 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3284 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3285 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3286 dwarf2out_var_location
3290 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3291 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3292 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3294 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3295 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3296 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3297 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3299 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3300 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3302 typedef long int dw_offset;
3304 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3306 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3307 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3308 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3309 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3310 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3312 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3313 line number associated with the label generated for that
3314 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3315 the line number entry. */
3317 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3319 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3320 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3324 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3326 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3328 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3329 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3330 unsigned long function;
3332 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3334 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3335 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3336 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3338 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3340 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3341 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3342 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3346 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3348 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3350 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3352 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3353 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3354 dw_die_ref die_child;
3356 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3357 dw_offset die_offset;
3358 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3360 unsigned int decl_id;
3364 /* The pubname structure */
3366 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3373 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3378 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3379 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3383 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3387 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3388 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3389 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3392 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3393 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3395 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3396 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3397 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3398 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3399 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3400 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3402 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3403 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3404 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3405 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3406 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3407 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3408 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3409 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3410 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3411 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3413 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3414 language, and compiler version. */
3416 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3417 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3418 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3420 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3421 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3423 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3424 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3425 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3426 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3427 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3429 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3430 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3431 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3432 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3433 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3434 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3436 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3437 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3438 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3439 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3441 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3445 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3446 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3447 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3449 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3450 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3452 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3453 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3455 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3456 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3457 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3458 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3459 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3461 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3462 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3463 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3464 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3467 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3468 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3470 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3471 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3473 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3474 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3475 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3476 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3478 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3479 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3480 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3482 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3483 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3485 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3486 const char * GTY (()) label;
3487 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3490 /* Variable location list. */
3491 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3493 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3495 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3496 it is marked through the chain. */
3497 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3499 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3500 unsigned int decl_id;
3502 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3505 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3506 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3508 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3509 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3510 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3511 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3512 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3514 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3515 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3517 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3518 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3520 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3521 abbrev_die_table. */
3522 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3524 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3525 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3526 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3527 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3529 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3530 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3532 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3533 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3535 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3536 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3537 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3538 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3540 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3541 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3543 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3544 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3546 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3548 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3550 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3551 accessible names. */
3552 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3554 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3555 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3557 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3558 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3560 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3562 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3564 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3565 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3567 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3568 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3570 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3571 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3573 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3575 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3577 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3578 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3580 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3581 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3583 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3584 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3586 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3588 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3590 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3591 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3593 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3594 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3595 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3597 /* Unique label counter. */
3598 static unsigned int loclabel_num = 0;
3600 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3601 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3604 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3605 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3607 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3608 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3610 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3612 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3614 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3615 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3616 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3617 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3618 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3619 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3621 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3623 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3624 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3625 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3626 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3627 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3628 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3629 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3630 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3631 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3632 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3633 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3634 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3636 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned, long *);
3637 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3638 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3639 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3640 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3641 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3642 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3643 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3644 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3645 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3646 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3647 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3648 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3649 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3650 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3652 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3653 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3654 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3655 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3656 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3657 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3658 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3659 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3661 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3662 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3663 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3664 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3665 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3666 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3667 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3668 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3669 static bool is_c_family (void);
3670 static bool is_cxx (void);
3671 static bool is_java (void);
3672 static bool is_fortran (void);
3673 static bool is_ada (void);
3674 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3675 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3676 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3677 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3678 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3679 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3680 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3681 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3682 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3683 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3684 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3685 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3686 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3687 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3688 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3689 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3690 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3691 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3692 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3693 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3694 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3695 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3696 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3697 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3698 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3699 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3700 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3701 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3702 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3703 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3704 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3705 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3706 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3707 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3708 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3709 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3710 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3711 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3712 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3713 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3714 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3715 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3716 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3717 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3718 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3719 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3720 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3721 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3722 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3723 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3724 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3725 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3726 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3727 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3728 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3729 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3730 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3731 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3732 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3733 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3734 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3735 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3736 static void output_pubnames (void);
3737 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3738 static void output_aranges (void);
3739 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3740 static void output_ranges (void);
3741 static void output_line_info (void);
3742 static void output_file_names (void);
3743 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3744 static tree root_type (tree);
3745 static int is_base_type (tree);
3746 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3747 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3748 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3749 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3750 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx);
3751 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3752 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3753 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3754 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3755 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT, bool);
3756 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3757 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, bool);
3758 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3759 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, bool);
3760 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
3761 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3762 static tree field_type (tree);
3763 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3764 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3765 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3766 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3767 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3769 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3770 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3771 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3772 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
3773 enum dwarf_attribute);
3774 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3775 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3776 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3777 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3778 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3779 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3780 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3781 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3782 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3783 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3784 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3785 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3786 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3787 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3788 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3789 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3790 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3791 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3792 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3793 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3794 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3796 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3798 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3799 static void gen_set_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3801 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3803 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3804 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3805 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3806 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3807 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3808 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3809 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3810 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3811 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3812 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3813 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3814 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3815 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3816 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3817 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3818 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3819 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3820 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3821 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3822 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3823 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3824 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3825 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3826 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3827 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3828 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
3829 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
3830 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3831 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
3832 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
3833 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3834 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3835 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3836 static void init_file_table (void);
3837 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3838 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3839 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3840 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3841 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3842 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3843 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
3844 const char *, const char *,
3846 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3847 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3849 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3850 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3851 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3852 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3853 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3854 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3855 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3857 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3858 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3859 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3861 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3862 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3864 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3865 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3867 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3868 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3870 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3871 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3873 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3874 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3876 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3877 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3879 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3880 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3882 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3883 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3886 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3887 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3888 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3891 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3892 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3893 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3894 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3897 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3898 the section names themselves. */
3900 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3901 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3903 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3904 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3906 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3907 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3909 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3910 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3912 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3913 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3915 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3916 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3918 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3919 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3922 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3923 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3924 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3925 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3926 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3928 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3929 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3930 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3931 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3932 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3933 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3934 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3935 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3937 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3938 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3940 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3941 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3943 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3944 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3946 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3947 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3949 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3950 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3953 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3954 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3956 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3959 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3961 demangle_name_func = func;
3964 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3967 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
3969 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3970 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3971 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3974 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3978 type_main_variant (tree type)
3980 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3982 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3983 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3984 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3985 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3987 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3988 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3989 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3994 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3997 is_tagged_type (tree type)
3999 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4001 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4002 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4005 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4008 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4012 case DW_TAG_padding:
4013 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4014 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4015 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4016 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4017 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4018 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4019 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4020 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4021 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4022 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4023 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4024 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4025 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4027 return "DW_TAG_label";
4028 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4029 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4031 return "DW_TAG_member";
4032 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4033 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4034 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4035 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4036 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4037 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4038 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4039 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4040 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4041 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4042 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4043 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4044 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4045 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4046 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4047 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4048 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4049 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4050 case DW_TAG_variant:
4051 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4052 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4053 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4054 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4055 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4056 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4057 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4058 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4059 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4061 return "DW_TAG_module";
4062 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4063 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4064 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4065 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4066 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4067 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4068 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4069 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4070 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4071 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4072 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4073 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4074 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4075 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4076 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4077 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4078 case DW_TAG_constant:
4079 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4080 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4081 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4082 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4083 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4085 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4086 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4087 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4088 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4089 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4090 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4091 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4092 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4093 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4094 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4095 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4096 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4097 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4098 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4099 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4100 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4101 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4102 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4103 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4104 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4105 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4106 case DW_TAG_variable:
4107 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4108 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4109 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4110 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4111 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4112 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4113 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4114 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4115 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4116 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4117 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4118 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4119 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4120 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4121 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4122 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4123 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4125 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4129 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4132 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4137 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4138 case DW_AT_location:
4139 return "DW_AT_location";
4141 return "DW_AT_name";
4142 case DW_AT_ordering:
4143 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4144 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4145 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4146 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4147 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4148 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4149 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4150 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4151 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4152 case DW_AT_element_list:
4153 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4154 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4155 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4157 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4159 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4160 case DW_AT_language:
4161 return "DW_AT_language";
4163 return "DW_AT_member";
4165 return "DW_AT_discr";
4166 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4167 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4168 case DW_AT_visibility:
4169 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4171 return "DW_AT_import";
4172 case DW_AT_string_length:
4173 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4174 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4175 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4176 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4177 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4178 case DW_AT_const_value:
4179 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4180 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4181 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4182 case DW_AT_default_value:
4183 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4185 return "DW_AT_inline";
4186 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4187 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4188 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4189 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4190 case DW_AT_producer:
4191 return "DW_AT_producer";
4192 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4193 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4194 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4195 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4196 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4197 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4198 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4199 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4200 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4201 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4202 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4203 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4204 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4205 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4206 case DW_AT_address_class:
4207 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4208 case DW_AT_artificial:
4209 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4210 case DW_AT_base_types:
4211 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4212 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4213 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4215 return "DW_AT_count";
4216 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4217 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4218 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4219 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4220 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4221 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4222 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4223 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4224 case DW_AT_declaration:
4225 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4226 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4227 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4228 case DW_AT_encoding:
4229 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4230 case DW_AT_external:
4231 return "DW_AT_external";
4232 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4233 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4235 return "DW_AT_friend";
4236 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4237 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4238 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4239 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4240 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4241 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4242 case DW_AT_priority:
4243 return "DW_AT_priority";
4245 return "DW_AT_segment";
4246 case DW_AT_specification:
4247 return "DW_AT_specification";
4248 case DW_AT_static_link:
4249 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4251 return "DW_AT_type";
4252 case DW_AT_use_location:
4253 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4254 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4255 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4256 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4257 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4258 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4259 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4261 case DW_AT_allocated:
4262 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4263 case DW_AT_associated:
4264 return "DW_AT_associated";
4265 case DW_AT_data_location:
4266 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4268 return "DW_AT_stride";
4269 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4270 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4271 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4272 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4273 case DW_AT_extension:
4274 return "DW_AT_extension";
4276 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4277 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4278 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4279 case DW_AT_call_column:
4280 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4281 case DW_AT_call_file:
4282 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4283 case DW_AT_call_line:
4284 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4286 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4287 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4288 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4289 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4290 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4291 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4292 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4293 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4294 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4295 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4296 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4297 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4298 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4299 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4300 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4301 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4302 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4303 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4304 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4305 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4306 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4307 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4309 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4310 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4311 case DW_AT_src_info:
4312 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4313 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4314 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4315 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4316 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4317 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4318 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4319 case DW_AT_body_end:
4320 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4321 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4322 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4324 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4325 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4328 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4332 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4335 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4340 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4341 case DW_FORM_block2:
4342 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4343 case DW_FORM_block4:
4344 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4346 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4348 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4350 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4351 case DW_FORM_string:
4352 return "DW_FORM_string";
4354 return "DW_FORM_block";
4355 case DW_FORM_block1:
4356 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4358 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4360 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4362 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4364 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4366 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4367 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4368 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4370 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4372 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4374 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4376 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4377 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4378 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4379 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4380 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4382 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4386 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4390 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc)
4394 case DW_ATE_address:
4395 return "DW_ATE_address";
4396 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4397 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4398 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4399 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4401 return "DW_ATE_float";
4403 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4404 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4405 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4406 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4407 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4408 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4409 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4411 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4416 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4417 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4418 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4419 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4423 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4425 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4426 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4427 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4428 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4431 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4432 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4433 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4434 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4438 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4441 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4442 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4443 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4444 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4448 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4450 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4452 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4453 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4454 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4455 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4458 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4463 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4467 ret_val = lookahead;
4468 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4469 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4471 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4477 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4478 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4482 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4484 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4486 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4487 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4489 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4490 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4492 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4493 context = NULL_TREE;
4498 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4499 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4502 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4504 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4506 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4507 die->die_attr = attr;
4511 static inline enum dw_val_class
4512 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4514 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4517 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4520 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4522 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4524 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4525 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4526 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4527 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4528 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4531 static inline unsigned
4532 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4534 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4535 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4540 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4543 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4545 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4547 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4548 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4549 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4550 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4551 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4554 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4555 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4557 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4558 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4563 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4566 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4567 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4569 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4571 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4572 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4573 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4574 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4575 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4578 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4579 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4581 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4582 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4587 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4590 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4591 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4593 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4595 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4596 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4597 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4598 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4599 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4600 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4603 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4606 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4607 unsigned int length, long int *array)
4609 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4611 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4612 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4613 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4614 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4615 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4616 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4619 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4622 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4624 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4628 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4630 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4631 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4634 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4637 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4639 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4640 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4643 if (! debug_str_hash)
4644 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4645 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4647 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4648 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4650 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4651 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4652 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4655 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4656 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4657 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4658 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4659 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4662 static inline const char *
4663 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4665 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4666 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4671 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4672 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4675 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4677 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4679 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4683 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4687 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4689 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4690 always better to put it inline. */
4691 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4692 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4694 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4695 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4697 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4698 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4699 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4701 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4702 ++dw2_string_counter;
4703 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4705 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4711 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4714 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4716 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4718 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4719 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4720 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4721 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4722 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4723 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4726 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4727 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4730 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4732 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4733 if (targ_die->die_definition)
4735 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4738 static inline dw_die_ref
4739 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4741 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4742 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4748 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4750 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4751 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4757 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4759 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4760 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4765 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4768 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4770 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4772 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4773 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4774 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4775 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4776 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4779 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4782 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4784 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4786 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4787 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4788 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4789 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4790 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4793 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4794 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4796 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4797 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4803 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4805 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4807 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4808 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4809 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4810 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4811 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4812 have_location_lists = 1;
4815 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4816 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4818 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4819 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4824 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4827 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4829 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4831 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4832 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4833 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4834 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4835 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4839 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4841 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4842 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4847 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4850 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4852 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4854 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4855 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4856 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4857 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4858 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4861 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4864 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
4866 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4868 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4869 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4870 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4871 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4872 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4875 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4878 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4879 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4881 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4883 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4884 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4885 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4886 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4887 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4890 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4893 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4894 long unsigned int offset)
4896 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4898 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4899 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4900 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4901 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4902 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4905 static inline const char *
4906 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4908 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4909 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4910 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4915 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4918 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4921 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4925 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4926 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4928 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4929 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4933 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4939 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4940 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4941 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4943 static inline const char *
4944 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4946 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4948 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4951 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4952 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4953 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4955 static inline const char *
4956 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4958 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4960 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4963 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4964 NULL if it is not present. */
4966 static inline const char *
4967 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4969 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4971 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4974 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4975 if it is not present. */
4978 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4980 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4982 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4985 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4986 if it is not present. */
4988 static inline unsigned
4989 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4991 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4993 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4996 static inline dw_die_ref
4997 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4999 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5001 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5004 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5009 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5011 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5012 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5015 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5020 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5021 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5024 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5029 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5031 return lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90;
5034 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5039 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5041 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5044 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5049 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5051 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5054 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5056 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5058 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5060 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5061 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5062 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5065 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5068 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5071 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5075 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5076 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5079 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5088 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5091 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5093 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5094 current = die->die_child;
5096 while (current != NULL)
5098 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5100 next = current->die_sib;
5102 die->die_child = next;
5104 prev->die_sib = next;
5111 current = current->die_sib;
5116 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5119 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5121 remove_children (die);
5124 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5127 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5129 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5131 die->die_child = NULL;
5133 while (child_die != NULL)
5135 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5138 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5140 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5142 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5144 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5152 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5153 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5156 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5158 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5160 if (die == child_die)
5163 child_die->die_parent = die;
5164 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5165 die->die_child = child_die;
5169 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5170 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5173 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5177 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5178 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5179 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5181 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5187 if (child->die_parent != parent
5188 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5191 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5194 *p = child->die_sib;
5198 child->die_parent = parent;
5199 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5200 parent->die_child = child;
5203 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5205 static inline dw_die_ref
5206 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5208 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5210 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5212 if (parent_die != NULL)
5213 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5216 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5218 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5219 limbo_node->die = die;
5220 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5221 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5222 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5228 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5230 static inline dw_die_ref
5231 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5233 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5236 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5239 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5241 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5244 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5247 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5249 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5252 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5255 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5257 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5260 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5262 static inline dw_die_ref
5263 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5265 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5268 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5271 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5273 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5276 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5280 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5282 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5285 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5287 static inline var_loc_list *
5288 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5290 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5293 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5296 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5298 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5301 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5303 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5306 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5309 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5311 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5315 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5318 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5319 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5327 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5328 we have nothing to do. */
5329 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5330 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5332 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5333 temp->last->next = loc;
5337 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5338 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5345 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5346 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5347 the DIE internal representation. */
5348 static int print_indent;
5350 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5353 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5355 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5358 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5359 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5362 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5367 print_spaces (outfile);
5368 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5369 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5370 print_spaces (outfile);
5371 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5372 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5374 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5376 print_spaces (outfile);
5377 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5379 switch (AT_class (a))
5381 case dw_val_class_addr:
5382 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5384 case dw_val_class_offset:
5385 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5387 case dw_val_class_loc:
5388 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5390 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5391 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5392 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5394 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5395 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5397 case dw_val_class_const:
5398 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5400 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5401 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5403 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5404 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5405 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5406 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5408 case dw_val_class_float:
5409 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5411 case dw_val_class_flag:
5412 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5414 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5415 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5417 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5418 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5420 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5423 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5425 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5426 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5427 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5429 case dw_val_class_str:
5430 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5431 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5433 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5439 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5442 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5445 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5446 print_die (c, outfile);
5450 if (print_indent == 0)
5451 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5454 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5455 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5458 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5461 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5463 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5464 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5466 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5467 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5468 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5469 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5470 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5471 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5474 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5477 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5480 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5482 print_die (die, stderr);
5485 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5486 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5492 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5493 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5494 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5497 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5498 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5499 they are in order of addition. */
5502 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5504 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5505 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5507 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5509 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5510 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5516 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5523 die->die_child = cp;
5526 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5527 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5528 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5529 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5530 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5533 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5537 reverse_die_lists (die);
5539 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5540 reverse_all_dies (c);
5543 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5544 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5545 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5548 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5550 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5551 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5553 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5557 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5560 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5562 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5564 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5568 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5569 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5571 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5574 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5576 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5577 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5578 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5581 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5584 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5586 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5589 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5591 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5592 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5593 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5594 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5595 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5598 switch (AT_class (at))
5600 case dw_val_class_const:
5601 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5603 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5604 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5606 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5607 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5609 case dw_val_class_float:
5610 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5612 case dw_val_class_flag:
5613 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5615 case dw_val_class_str:
5616 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5619 case dw_val_class_addr:
5621 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5624 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5632 case dw_val_class_offset:
5633 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5636 case dw_val_class_loc:
5637 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5638 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5641 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5642 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5645 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5646 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5647 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5655 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5658 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5663 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5666 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5669 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5671 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5673 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5674 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5676 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5677 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5681 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5683 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5685 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5687 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5688 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5689 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5692 /* Do the values look the same? */
5694 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5696 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5700 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5703 switch (v1->val_class)
5705 case dw_val_class_const:
5706 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5707 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5708 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5709 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5710 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5711 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5712 case dw_val_class_float:
5713 if (v1->v.val_float.length != v2->v.val_float.length)
5715 for (i = 0; i < v1->v.val_float.length; i++)
5716 if (v1->v.val_float.array[i] != v2->v.val_float.array[i])
5719 case dw_val_class_flag:
5720 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5721 case dw_val_class_str:
5722 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5724 case dw_val_class_addr:
5725 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5726 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5727 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5729 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5732 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5738 case dw_val_class_offset:
5739 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5741 case dw_val_class_loc:
5742 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5744 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5745 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5747 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5749 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5750 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5752 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5753 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5754 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5762 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5765 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5767 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5770 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5771 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5772 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5773 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5774 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5777 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5780 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5783 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5788 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5790 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5791 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5793 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5796 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5798 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5799 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5804 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5806 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5807 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5815 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5818 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5821 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5823 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5824 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5829 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5831 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5833 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5834 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5836 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5837 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5840 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5842 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5843 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5844 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5847 unsigned char checksum[16];
5850 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5851 the name filename of the unit. */
5853 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5855 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5856 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5857 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5859 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5860 clean_symbol_name (name);
5862 p = name + strlen (name);
5863 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5865 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5869 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5870 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5873 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5876 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
5878 switch (die->die_tag)
5880 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5881 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5882 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5883 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5884 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5885 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5886 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5887 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5888 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5889 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5890 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5891 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5892 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5893 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5894 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5895 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5896 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5897 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5904 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5905 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5906 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5907 compilations (functions). */
5910 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
5912 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5913 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5914 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5915 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5917 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5920 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5921 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5922 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5923 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5925 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5927 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5930 return is_type_die (c);
5933 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5934 compilation unit. */
5937 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
5939 return (is_type_die (c)
5940 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5941 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5945 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
5949 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5950 return xstrdup (buf);
5953 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5956 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
5960 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5962 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5964 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5966 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5967 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5968 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5971 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5974 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5975 assign_symbol_names (c);
5978 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5981 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5982 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
5985 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5987 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
5989 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
5991 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
5995 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
5997 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
5998 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6000 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6004 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6006 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6016 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6019 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6021 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6022 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6024 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6026 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6027 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6031 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6033 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6039 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6043 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6045 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6046 entry->next = *slot;
6052 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6054 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6056 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6058 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6059 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6063 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6066 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6067 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6068 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6071 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6074 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6075 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6076 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6078 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6080 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6082 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6083 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6085 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6088 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6090 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6093 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6095 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6099 add_child_die (unit, c);
6103 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6104 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6110 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6111 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6116 assign_symbol_names (die);
6117 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6118 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6124 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6125 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6126 &comdat_symbol_number);
6127 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6129 *pnode = node->next;
6132 pnode = &node->next;
6133 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6134 comdat_symbol_number);
6137 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6140 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6141 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6142 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6145 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6149 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6150 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6151 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6152 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6154 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6155 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6158 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6161 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6166 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6167 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6168 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6170 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6171 output_location_lists (c);
6175 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6176 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6177 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6178 die are visited recursively. */
6181 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6183 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6184 unsigned int n_alloc;
6186 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6188 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6189 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6190 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6191 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6192 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6194 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6197 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6200 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6202 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6204 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6206 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6208 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6209 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6211 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6213 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6214 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6217 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6218 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6221 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6227 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6229 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6231 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6232 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6233 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6235 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6236 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6237 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6240 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6241 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6244 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6245 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6246 build_abbrev_table (c);
6249 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6252 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6259 log = floor_log2 (value);
6262 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6267 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6268 .debug_info section. */
6270 static unsigned long
6271 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6273 unsigned long size = 0;
6276 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6277 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6279 switch (AT_class (a))
6281 case dw_val_class_addr:
6282 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6284 case dw_val_class_offset:
6285 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6287 case dw_val_class_loc:
6289 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6292 size += constant_size (lsize);
6296 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6297 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6299 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6300 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6302 case dw_val_class_const:
6303 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6305 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6306 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6308 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6309 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6311 case dw_val_class_float:
6312 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
6314 case dw_val_class_flag:
6317 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6318 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6319 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6321 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6323 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6324 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6326 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6327 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6329 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6330 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6332 case dw_val_class_str:
6333 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6334 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6336 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6346 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6347 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6348 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6349 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6352 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6356 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6357 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6359 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6362 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6363 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6364 next_die_offset += 1;
6367 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6368 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6369 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6370 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6373 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6381 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6385 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6388 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6396 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6400 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6403 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6412 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6413 unmark_all_dies (c);
6415 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6416 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6417 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6420 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6421 compilation unit. */
6423 static unsigned long
6424 size_of_pubnames (void)
6429 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6430 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6432 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6433 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6436 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6440 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6442 static unsigned long
6443 size_of_aranges (void)
6447 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6449 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6450 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6451 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6453 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6454 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6458 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6460 static enum dwarf_form
6461 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6463 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6465 case dw_val_class_addr:
6466 return DW_FORM_addr;
6467 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6468 case dw_val_class_offset:
6469 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6470 return DW_FORM_data4;
6471 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6472 return DW_FORM_data8;
6474 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6475 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6476 .debug_loc section */
6477 return DW_FORM_data4;
6478 case dw_val_class_loc:
6479 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6482 return DW_FORM_block1;
6484 return DW_FORM_block2;
6488 case dw_val_class_const:
6489 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6490 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6491 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6494 return DW_FORM_data1;
6496 return DW_FORM_data2;
6498 return DW_FORM_data4;
6500 return DW_FORM_data8;
6504 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6505 return DW_FORM_block1;
6506 case dw_val_class_float:
6507 return DW_FORM_block1;
6508 case dw_val_class_flag:
6509 return DW_FORM_flag;
6510 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6511 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6512 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6515 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6516 return DW_FORM_data;
6517 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6518 return DW_FORM_addr;
6519 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6520 return DW_FORM_data;
6521 case dw_val_class_str:
6522 return AT_string_form (a);
6529 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6532 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6534 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6539 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6543 output_abbrev_section (void)
6545 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6549 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6551 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6554 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6555 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6557 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6558 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6560 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6562 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6563 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6565 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6566 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6567 output_value_format (a_attr);
6570 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6571 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6574 /* Terminate the table. */
6575 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6578 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6581 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6583 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6588 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6589 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6590 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6592 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6594 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6597 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6598 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6599 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6601 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6602 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6603 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6605 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6607 retlist->begin = begin;
6609 retlist->expr = expr;
6610 retlist->section = section;
6612 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6617 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6620 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6621 const char *begin, const char *end,
6622 const char *section)
6626 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6627 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6630 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6631 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6634 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6637 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6639 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6641 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6643 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6644 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6647 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6649 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6650 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6651 list_head->ll_symbol);
6652 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6653 "Location list end address (%s)",
6654 list_head->ll_symbol);
6658 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6659 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6660 list_head->ll_symbol);
6661 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6662 "Location list end address (%s)",
6663 list_head->ll_symbol);
6665 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6667 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6670 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6672 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6675 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6676 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6677 list_head->ll_symbol);
6678 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6679 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6680 list_head->ll_symbol);
6683 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6684 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6687 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6693 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6694 them to point to. */
6695 if (die->die_symbol)
6696 output_die_symbol (die);
6698 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6699 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6701 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6703 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6705 switch (AT_class (a))
6707 case dw_val_class_addr:
6708 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6711 case dw_val_class_offset:
6712 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6716 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6718 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6720 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6721 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6722 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6728 case dw_val_class_loc:
6729 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6731 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6732 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6734 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6737 case dw_val_class_const:
6738 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6739 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6740 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6741 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6744 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6745 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6746 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6749 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6751 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6753 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6754 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6757 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6759 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6760 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6764 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6765 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6768 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6769 first, "long long constant");
6770 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6775 case dw_val_class_float:
6779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6782 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
6783 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6784 "fp constant word %u", i);
6788 case dw_val_class_flag:
6789 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6792 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6794 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6798 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6802 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6803 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6805 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6809 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6811 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6814 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6818 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6822 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6823 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6824 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6828 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6829 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6832 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6833 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6836 case dw_val_class_str:
6837 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6838 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6839 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6840 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6842 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6850 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6853 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6854 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6855 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6859 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6860 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6863 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6865 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6866 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6867 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6868 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6869 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
6870 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6871 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6872 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6873 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6874 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6877 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6880 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
6882 const char *secname;
6885 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6886 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6889 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6890 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6891 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6892 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6893 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6896 build_abbrev_table (die);
6898 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6899 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6900 calc_die_sizes (die);
6902 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6905 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6907 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6909 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6912 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6914 /* Output debugging information. */
6915 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6916 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6919 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6924 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6928 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6929 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6930 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6933 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
6935 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6938 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6941 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6945 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6948 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6950 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6952 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
6953 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6954 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
6955 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6958 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6960 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6963 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6964 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6965 visible procedures. */
6968 output_pubnames (void)
6971 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6973 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6974 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6975 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6976 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6977 "Length of Public Names Info");
6978 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6979 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6980 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6981 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6982 "Compilation Unit Length");
6984 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6986 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6988 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6989 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6992 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6995 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6998 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7001 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7004 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7006 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7009 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7011 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7012 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7013 (arange_table_allocated
7014 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7015 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7016 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7019 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7022 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7023 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7024 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7027 output_aranges (void)
7030 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7032 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7033 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7034 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7035 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7036 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7037 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7038 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7039 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7041 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7043 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7044 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7046 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7048 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7049 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7050 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7051 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7054 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7055 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7056 text_section_label, "Length");
7058 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7060 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7062 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7063 if (die->die_mark == 0)
7066 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7068 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7070 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7071 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7075 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7076 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7077 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7078 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7079 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7081 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
7085 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
7088 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7089 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7090 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7091 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7096 /* Output the terminator words. */
7097 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7098 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7101 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7105 add_ranges (tree block)
7107 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7109 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7111 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7113 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7114 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7115 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7116 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7119 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7120 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7122 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7126 output_ranges (void)
7129 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7130 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7132 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7134 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7138 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7139 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7141 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7142 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7144 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7145 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7146 base of the text section. */
7147 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7149 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7151 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7152 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7153 text_section_label, NULL);
7156 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7157 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7158 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7159 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7162 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7163 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7164 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7171 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7172 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7178 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7181 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7182 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7183 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7184 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7185 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7188 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7192 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7193 int length; /* Path length. */
7194 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7195 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7196 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7197 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7200 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7201 the directories in the path. */
7204 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7206 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7207 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7211 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7212 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7213 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7214 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7215 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7216 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7217 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7219 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7220 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7226 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7227 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7228 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7229 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7230 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7232 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7233 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7238 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7239 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7240 slowdowns with many input files. */
7243 output_file_names (void)
7245 struct file_info *files;
7246 struct dir_info *dirs;
7255 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7256 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7259 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7263 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7264 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7265 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7267 /* Sort the file names. */
7268 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7272 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7273 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7274 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7277 /* Create a new array entry. */
7279 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7280 files[i].file_idx = i;
7282 /* Search for the file name part. */
7283 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7284 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7287 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7288 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7290 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7291 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7292 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7293 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7295 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7297 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7300 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7301 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7302 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7303 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7305 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7306 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7307 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7313 /* This is a new directory. */
7314 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7315 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7316 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7317 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7318 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7319 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7321 /* Search for a prefix. */
7322 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7323 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7324 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7325 && dirs[j].length > 1
7326 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7327 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7328 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7329 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7334 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7335 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7336 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7337 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7338 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7339 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7340 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7341 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7343 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7344 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7349 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7350 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7351 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7352 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7354 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7357 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7359 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7364 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7369 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7370 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7372 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7373 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7378 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7380 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7382 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7383 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7384 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7386 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7387 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7389 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7390 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7395 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7396 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7397 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7398 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7399 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7401 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7403 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7404 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7407 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7408 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7409 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7410 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7411 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7413 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7414 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7415 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7417 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7418 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7419 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7424 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7426 if (idx_offset == 0)
7429 /* Now write all the file names. */
7430 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7432 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7433 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7435 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7436 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7438 /* Include directory index. */
7439 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7441 /* Modification time. */
7442 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7444 /* File length in bytes. */
7445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7448 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7452 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7453 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7456 output_line_info (void)
7458 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7459 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7460 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7463 unsigned long lt_index;
7464 unsigned long current_line;
7467 unsigned long current_file;
7468 unsigned long function;
7470 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7471 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7472 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7473 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7475 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7476 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7477 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7478 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7479 "Length of Source Line Info");
7480 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7482 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7483 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7484 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7486 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7487 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7488 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7489 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7490 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7491 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7492 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7493 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7495 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7497 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7498 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7499 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7500 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7501 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7502 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7503 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7504 "Special Opcode Base");
7506 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7510 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7511 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7512 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7513 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7514 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7522 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7526 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7527 output_file_names ();
7528 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7530 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7531 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7532 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7534 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7535 a series of state machine operations. */
7538 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7539 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7541 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7544 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7545 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7548 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7549 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7550 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7551 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7552 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7556 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7558 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7559 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7560 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7561 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7562 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7563 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7565 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7568 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7570 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7571 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7575 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7576 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7577 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7578 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7579 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7580 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7583 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7585 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7586 different from the previous line. */
7587 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7589 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7590 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7591 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7592 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7596 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7597 that uses the least amount of space. */
7598 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7600 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7601 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7602 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7603 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7604 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7605 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7608 "line %lu", current_line);
7611 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7612 depending on the value being encoded. */
7613 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7614 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7615 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7620 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7621 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7624 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7627 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7628 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7629 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7634 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7636 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7640 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7641 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7646 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7648 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7649 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7652 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7653 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7654 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7655 && line_info->function == function)
7659 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7660 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7661 to handle it differently. */
7662 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7664 if (function != line_info->function)
7666 function = line_info->function;
7668 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7669 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7670 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7671 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7672 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7676 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7680 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7681 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7686 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7687 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7688 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7692 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7694 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7695 different from the previous line. */
7696 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7698 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7699 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7700 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7701 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7705 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7706 that uses the least amount of space. */
7707 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7709 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7710 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7711 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7712 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7713 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7714 "line %lu", current_line);
7717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7718 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7719 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7720 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7732 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7733 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7734 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7739 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7740 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7744 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7745 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7750 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7751 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7752 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7755 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7756 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7757 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7758 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7762 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7763 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7766 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7767 a DIE that describes the given type.
7769 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7770 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7773 base_type_die (tree type)
7775 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7776 const char *type_name;
7777 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7778 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7780 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7785 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7786 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7788 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7791 type_name = "__unknown__";
7793 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7796 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7797 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7798 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7800 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7801 && (type == char_type_node
7802 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7803 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7805 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7806 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7808 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7811 /* else fall through. */
7814 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7815 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7816 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7818 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7822 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7825 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7826 a user defined type for it. */
7828 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7829 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7831 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7835 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7836 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7840 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7844 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7845 if (demangle_name_func)
7846 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7848 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7849 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7850 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7851 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7853 return base_type_result;
7856 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7857 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7858 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7859 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7860 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7861 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7862 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7863 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7866 root_type (tree type)
7868 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7869 return error_mark_node;
7871 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7874 return error_mark_node;
7877 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7878 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7881 return type_main_variant (type);
7885 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7886 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7889 is_base_type (tree type)
7891 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7906 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7911 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7925 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7926 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7927 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7928 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7931 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7932 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
7934 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7935 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7936 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7938 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7939 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7941 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7944 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7945 emitted as a subrange type. */
7948 is_subrange_type (tree type)
7950 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
7952 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7953 && subtype != NULL_TREE)
7955 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == INTEGER_TYPE)
7957 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7963 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7964 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7967 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
7969 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
7970 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7971 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7972 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
7974 if (context_die == NULL)
7975 context_die = comp_unit_die;
7977 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7978 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
7980 subtype_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type));
7982 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
7986 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7987 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7988 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
7991 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
7993 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
7994 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
7995 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
7998 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7999 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8000 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8001 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8002 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8003 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8004 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8006 return subrange_die;
8009 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8010 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8013 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8014 dw_die_ref context_die)
8016 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8017 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8018 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8019 tree item_type = NULL;
8021 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8023 tree qualified_type;
8025 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8028 = get_qualified_type (type,
8029 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8031 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8033 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8036 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8038 return mod_type_die;
8041 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8042 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8043 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8044 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8046 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8047 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8049 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8051 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8052 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8053 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8055 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8056 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8057 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8058 type to which it refers. */
8060 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8061 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8064 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8070 else if (is_const_type)
8072 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8073 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8075 else if (is_volatile_type)
8077 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8078 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8080 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8082 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8083 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8084 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8086 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8088 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8090 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8092 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8093 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8094 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8096 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8098 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8100 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8101 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8102 else if (is_base_type (type))
8103 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8106 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8108 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8109 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8110 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8111 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8112 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8114 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8115 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8117 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8118 not the main variant. */
8119 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8120 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
8124 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8125 type = qualified_type;
8129 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8131 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8132 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8133 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8134 types are possible in Ada. */
8135 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8136 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8137 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8140 if (sub_die != NULL)
8141 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8143 return mod_type_die;
8146 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8147 an enumerated type. */
8150 type_is_enum (tree type)
8152 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8155 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8158 reg_number (rtx rtl)
8160 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8162 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8165 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8168 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8169 zero if there is none. */
8171 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8172 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8177 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8180 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8181 regs = (*targetm.dwarf_register_span) (rtl);
8183 if (hard_regno_nregs[reg][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1
8185 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8187 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8190 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8191 a given hard register number. */
8193 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8194 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8197 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8199 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8202 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8203 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8205 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8206 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8210 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8212 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8213 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[reg][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8215 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8216 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8218 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8225 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8226 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8227 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8233 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8235 if (GET_CODE (regs) != PARALLEL)
8238 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8241 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8245 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8246 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8247 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8248 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8253 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8255 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8256 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8258 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8260 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8261 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8265 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8268 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8270 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8280 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8282 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8283 || i >= -0x80000000)
8289 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8292 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8294 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8295 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, bool can_use_fbreg)
8297 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8298 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8299 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8301 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8302 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8303 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8305 if (reg == fp_reg && can_use_fbreg)
8306 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8308 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8310 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8315 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8318 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8320 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8321 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8322 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8323 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8326 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8327 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8328 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8329 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8331 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8332 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8333 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8334 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8336 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8337 autoincrement addressing modes.
8339 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8340 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8341 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8342 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8344 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8346 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8347 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, bool can_use_fbreg)
8349 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8351 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8352 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8353 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8354 zeroth element of the array. */
8356 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8358 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8363 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8364 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8366 /* ... fall through ... */
8369 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8370 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8371 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8372 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8373 contains the given subreg. */
8374 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8376 /* ... fall through ... */
8379 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8380 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8381 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8382 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8383 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8384 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8385 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8386 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8387 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8388 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8389 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8390 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8391 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8392 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8393 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0, can_use_fbreg);
8397 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8399 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8400 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8404 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8406 /* ... fall through ... */
8409 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8410 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8414 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8415 by a different symbol. */
8416 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8419 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8421 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8424 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8425 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8430 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8431 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8432 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8433 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8438 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8439 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8440 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8441 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8445 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8447 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8452 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8454 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8455 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8456 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8457 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8459 /* ... fall through ... */
8463 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8464 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8465 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
8469 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8471 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8474 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8475 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8476 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8477 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8478 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8481 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8482 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8484 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8485 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8492 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8493 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8494 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8496 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8499 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8502 mem_loc_result = op0;
8503 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8504 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8509 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8513 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8515 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8516 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode,
8525 return mem_loc_result;
8528 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8529 This is typically a complex variable. */
8531 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8532 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8534 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8535 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, true);
8536 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, true);
8538 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8541 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8542 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8543 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8544 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8546 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8547 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8548 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8549 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8551 return cc_loc_result;
8554 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8555 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8556 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8557 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8558 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8560 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8562 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8563 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, bool can_use_fbreg)
8565 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8567 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8570 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8571 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8572 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8573 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8574 contains the given subreg. */
8575 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8577 /* ... fall through ... */
8580 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8584 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8589 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8594 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8596 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg);
8598 /* Multiple parts. */
8601 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0);
8602 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8603 enum machine_mode mode;
8606 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8607 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
8609 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8610 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8611 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8612 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8614 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8616 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
8618 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8619 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8620 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8621 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8622 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8634 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8635 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8636 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8637 descriptor, return 0. */
8639 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8640 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int addressp)
8642 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8644 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8645 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8647 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8648 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8651 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8656 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8657 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8658 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8659 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8660 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8661 the names of types. */
8668 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8669 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8670 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8671 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8672 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8673 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8674 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8675 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8678 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8679 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8683 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8687 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8688 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8692 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8693 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8694 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8697 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8698 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8701 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8703 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8704 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8707 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8708 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8709 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8711 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8712 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8721 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8723 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8725 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8727 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8728 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8729 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8734 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8736 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8739 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8742 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, true);
8748 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8753 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8757 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8758 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8761 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8766 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8769 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8770 enum machine_mode mode;
8773 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8774 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8779 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8781 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8784 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8786 /* Variable offset. */
8787 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8788 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8794 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8796 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8797 else if (bytepos < 0)
8799 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8800 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8806 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8807 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8814 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8815 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
8816 enum machine_mode mode;
8818 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8820 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8821 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8823 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8826 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, true);
8830 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8831 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8836 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8842 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8847 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
8849 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
8850 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8858 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
8860 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
8861 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8874 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8878 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8879 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8881 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8885 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8886 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8887 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8897 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8904 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8911 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8918 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8933 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8934 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8935 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8938 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8939 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8942 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8956 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8960 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8964 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8965 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8966 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8967 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8969 /* ... fall through ... */
8973 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8974 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8975 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8976 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8977 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8979 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8980 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8983 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8984 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8986 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8987 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8988 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8990 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8991 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8992 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8994 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8995 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8996 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8997 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8998 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9003 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9004 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9005 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9006 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9009 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9010 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
9014 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9015 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
9018 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9019 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
9021 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9023 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9025 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9028 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9030 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9036 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9037 which is not less than the value itself. */
9039 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9040 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9042 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9045 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9046 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9047 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9051 field_type (tree decl)
9055 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9056 return integer_type_node;
9058 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9059 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9060 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9065 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9066 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9067 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9069 static inline unsigned
9070 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9072 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9075 static inline unsigned
9076 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9078 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9081 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9082 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9083 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9084 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9085 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9088 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9089 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9091 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9092 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9093 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9094 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9096 tree field_size_tree;
9097 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9098 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9099 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9101 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9103 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9106 type = field_type (decl);
9107 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9109 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9110 a flexible array member. */
9111 if (! field_size_tree)
9112 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9114 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9115 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9116 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9117 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9120 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9122 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9123 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9124 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9126 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9128 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9129 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9130 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9132 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9133 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9134 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9135 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9136 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9137 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9138 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9139 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9141 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9143 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9144 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9145 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9146 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9147 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9148 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9149 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9150 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9151 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9152 bits of the bit-field itself.
9154 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9155 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9156 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9157 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9158 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9159 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9160 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9161 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9162 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9164 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9165 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9166 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9167 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9168 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9169 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9171 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9172 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9173 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9175 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9176 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9177 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9179 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9180 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9181 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9182 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9184 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9186 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9187 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9189 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9190 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9191 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9192 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9195 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9198 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9199 associated with them. */
9201 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9203 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9204 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9205 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9208 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9209 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9212 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9215 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9216 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9217 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9218 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9219 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9220 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9223 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9224 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9225 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9226 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9227 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9228 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9229 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9230 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9231 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9235 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9237 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9238 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9240 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9242 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9243 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9245 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9246 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9247 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9248 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9250 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9252 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9254 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9256 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9257 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9258 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9260 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9261 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9262 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9264 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9265 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9269 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9270 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9271 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9272 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9274 /* Extract the offset. */
9275 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9276 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9278 /* Add it to the object address. */
9279 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9280 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9283 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9286 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9290 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9292 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9293 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9294 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9296 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9297 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9298 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9302 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9305 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9308 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9311 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9312 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9313 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9314 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9315 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9318 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9320 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9324 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9327 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9329 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9334 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9335 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9336 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9337 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9339 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9341 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9343 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
9344 long *array = ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length);
9347 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9348 real_to_target (array, &rv, mode);
9350 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
9354 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9355 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9358 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9359 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9365 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9371 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9372 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9376 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9377 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9378 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9379 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9380 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9381 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9382 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9383 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9384 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9385 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9386 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9390 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9397 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9401 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9402 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9403 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9405 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9406 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9407 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9408 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9409 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9410 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9411 referenced within the function.
9413 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9414 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9415 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9416 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9418 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9419 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9420 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9421 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9422 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9423 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9425 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9426 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9427 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9428 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9429 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9430 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9431 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9432 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9433 output at debug-time.
9435 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9436 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9437 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9438 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9439 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9440 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9441 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9442 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9443 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9444 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9445 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9446 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9447 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9449 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9450 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9451 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9452 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9453 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9454 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9455 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9456 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9459 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9460 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9461 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9462 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9463 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9464 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9465 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9466 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9467 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9468 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9469 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9470 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9471 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9474 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9475 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9477 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9478 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9480 if (! reload_completed)
9483 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9484 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9485 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9486 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == REG
9487 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9488 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9490 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9495 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9497 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9499 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9500 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
9502 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9503 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9504 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9505 if (declared_type == passed_type)
9506 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9507 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9508 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
9509 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
9510 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
9511 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9514 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9515 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9516 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9517 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9518 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9519 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9521 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9522 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9523 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9524 /* Not passed in memory. */
9525 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9526 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9527 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9528 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9529 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9530 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9531 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9534 /* Big endian correction check. */
9536 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9537 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9540 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9541 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9543 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9544 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9548 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9550 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9551 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9552 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9553 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9557 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9558 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9559 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9560 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9562 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9563 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9564 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9565 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9567 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9568 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9569 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9570 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9571 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9573 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9575 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9576 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9577 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9578 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9579 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9580 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init));
9582 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9583 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9584 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9585 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9586 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9588 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9589 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9590 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9591 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9597 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9599 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9600 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9601 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9603 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9608 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9609 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9610 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9611 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9612 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9613 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9614 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9615 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9616 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9617 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9620 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
9621 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
9624 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9625 var_loc_list *loc_list;
9627 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9629 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9632 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
9633 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
9635 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
9637 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
9639 const char *secname;
9640 const char *endname;
9641 dw_loc_list_ref list;
9643 struct var_loc_node *node;
9645 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
9646 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
9647 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
9649 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
9651 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
9652 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
9655 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
9657 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
9658 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
9660 else if (current_function_decl
9661 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
9663 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
9664 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
9667 secname = text_section_label;
9669 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
9670 actually construct the list of locations.
9671 The first location information is what is passed to the
9672 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
9673 locations just get added on to that list.
9674 Note that we only know the start address for a location
9675 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
9676 the range [current location start, next location start].
9677 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
9678 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
9680 node = loc_list->first;
9681 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
9682 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, attr != DW_AT_frame_base),
9683 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
9686 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
9687 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
9689 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
9690 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
9691 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
9692 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
9693 loc_descriptor (varloc,
9694 attr != DW_AT_frame_base),
9695 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
9698 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
9699 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
9700 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
9702 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9704 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
9705 if (!current_function_decl)
9706 endname = text_end_label;
9709 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
9710 current_function_funcdef_no);
9711 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
9713 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
9714 loc_descriptor (varloc,
9715 attr != DW_AT_frame_base),
9716 node->label, endname, secname);
9719 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
9720 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
9724 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9725 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9728 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9731 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9732 don't emit anything. */
9742 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9743 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9747 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9749 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9750 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9751 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9752 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9753 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9760 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl, true);
9762 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
9767 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9768 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9769 enum machine_mode mode;
9772 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9773 descr = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0), true);
9774 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9775 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9776 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9777 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9779 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9781 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0), true);
9782 add_loc_descr (&descr, temp);
9783 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9784 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9785 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
9786 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9789 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9797 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9798 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9799 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9802 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
9804 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9805 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9807 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9808 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9813 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9816 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9817 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9818 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9820 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9821 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9822 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9829 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9830 the value of the attribute. */
9833 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
9835 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9837 if (demangle_name_func)
9838 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9840 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9844 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9847 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
9849 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
9851 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9854 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9855 a representation for that bound. */
9858 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
9860 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9865 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9867 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9868 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9869 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9870 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9871 /* use the default */
9874 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9879 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9880 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9881 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9885 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9886 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9887 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9888 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9889 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9890 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9891 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9892 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9893 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9894 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9895 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9896 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9897 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9898 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9899 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9900 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9901 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9902 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9904 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9905 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9906 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9907 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9908 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9910 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9911 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9912 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9914 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9915 it references an outer function's frame. */
9916 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9918 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9920 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9921 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9924 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9925 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9926 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9927 loc_descriptor (loc, true));
9928 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9931 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9937 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9939 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9940 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9941 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9942 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9944 if (decl_die != NULL)
9945 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9951 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9952 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9954 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9955 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9957 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9961 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9962 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9964 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9966 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9967 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9968 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9969 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9970 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9972 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9973 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9975 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9976 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9977 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9978 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9980 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9986 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9987 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9990 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
9992 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9993 unsigned dimension_number;
9996 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9998 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9999 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10000 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10001 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10002 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10003 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10004 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10005 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10007 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10008 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10009 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10010 gen_array_type_die. */
10011 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10012 for (dimension_number = 0;
10013 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10014 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10017 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10019 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10020 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10022 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10025 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10026 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10027 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10029 /* Define the index type. */
10030 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10032 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10033 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10034 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10035 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10036 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10037 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10038 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10041 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10045 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10046 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10048 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10049 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10050 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10052 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10054 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10057 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10058 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10064 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10068 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10073 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10076 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10077 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10080 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10081 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10082 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10083 even for bit-fields. */
10084 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10090 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10091 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10092 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10093 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10094 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10097 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10098 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10099 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10102 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10103 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10104 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10105 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10106 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10107 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10109 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10110 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10111 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10114 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10116 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10117 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10118 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10119 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10120 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10121 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10123 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10125 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
10128 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10129 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10130 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10131 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10132 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10135 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10137 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10138 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10139 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10140 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10141 below must take account of these differences. */
10142 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10143 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10145 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10147 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10148 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10152 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10153 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10154 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10156 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10159 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10160 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10163 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10165 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10166 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
10167 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10170 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10171 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10174 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10175 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10178 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10180 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10181 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10182 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10185 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10186 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10190 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10192 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10194 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10196 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10197 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10198 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10200 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10201 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10205 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10207 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10209 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10212 if (DECL_P (origin))
10213 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10214 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10215 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10217 if (origin_die == NULL)
10220 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10223 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10226 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10228 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10230 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10232 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10233 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10234 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10235 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10238 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10239 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10240 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10241 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10245 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10248 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10250 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10252 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10253 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10256 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10257 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10260 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10264 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10265 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10267 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10268 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10269 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10271 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10272 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10273 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10274 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10275 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10276 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10279 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10280 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10281 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10282 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10284 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10285 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10286 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10291 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10294 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10296 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10299 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10302 pop_decl_scope (void)
10304 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10307 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10310 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10311 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10312 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10313 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10314 the current active scope. */
10317 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10319 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10320 tree containing_scope;
10323 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10327 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10329 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10330 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10332 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10335 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10338 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10339 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10340 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10341 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10342 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10344 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10345 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10346 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10348 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10349 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10350 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10351 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10352 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10357 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10358 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10361 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10362 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10365 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10368 scope_die = context_die;
10373 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10376 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10378 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10379 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10380 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10386 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10387 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10390 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10392 return (context_die
10393 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10394 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10395 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10398 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10399 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10400 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10403 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10404 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10406 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10407 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10409 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10410 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10411 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10412 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10413 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10414 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10415 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10417 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10418 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10419 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10420 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10421 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10424 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10425 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10426 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10429 if (type_die != NULL)
10430 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10433 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10434 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10435 was declared without a tag. */
10437 static const char *
10438 type_tag (tree type)
10440 const char *name = 0;
10442 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10446 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10447 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10448 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10450 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10451 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10453 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10454 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10455 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10457 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10459 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10462 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10465 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10466 for bit field types. */
10469 member_declared_type (tree member)
10471 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10472 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10475 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10476 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10479 static const char *
10480 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10483 const char *fnname;
10485 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10486 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10490 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10493 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10498 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10499 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10500 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10503 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10505 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10506 dw_die_ref array_die;
10509 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10510 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10511 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10512 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10513 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10516 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10517 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10518 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10520 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10522 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10523 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10524 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10525 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10529 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10530 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10531 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10532 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10533 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10534 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10535 for multidimensional arrays. */
10536 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10539 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10540 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10541 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10542 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10543 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10546 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10548 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10549 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10551 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10552 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10553 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10554 add_subscript_info. */
10555 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10556 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10557 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10559 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10562 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10566 gen_set_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10568 dw_die_ref type_die
10569 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10571 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10572 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10577 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10579 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10580 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10582 if (origin != NULL)
10583 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10586 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10587 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10588 0, 0, context_die);
10591 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10592 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10594 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10598 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10599 emit full debugging info for them. */
10602 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10606 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10607 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10610 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10613 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10615 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10617 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10618 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10619 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10622 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10625 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10627 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10629 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10630 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10631 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10634 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10637 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10639 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10641 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10642 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10643 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10646 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10647 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10648 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10652 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10654 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10656 if (type_die == NULL)
10658 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10659 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10660 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10661 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10663 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10666 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10668 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10669 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10670 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10671 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10675 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10676 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10677 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10678 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10680 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10681 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10682 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10683 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10685 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10686 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10688 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10690 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10691 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10693 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link),
10694 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link)))))
10696 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
10697 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10698 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10700 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10701 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 1));
10706 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10711 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10712 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10715 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10716 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10717 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10718 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10719 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10720 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10721 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10722 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10725 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
10727 dw_die_ref parm_die
10728 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10731 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10734 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10735 if (origin != NULL)
10736 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10739 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10740 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10741 TREE_READONLY (node),
10742 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10744 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10745 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10748 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10749 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10750 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
10755 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10756 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10766 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10767 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10770 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10772 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10775 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10776 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10777 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10778 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10781 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10784 tree formal_type = NULL;
10785 tree first_parm_type;
10788 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10790 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10791 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10796 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10798 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10799 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10800 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10802 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10804 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10805 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10808 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10809 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10810 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10811 && link == first_parm_type)
10812 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10813 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10815 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10817 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10820 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10821 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10822 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10823 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10825 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10826 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10827 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10828 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10829 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10830 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10833 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10834 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10835 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10836 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10837 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10840 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
10842 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10844 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10845 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10846 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10847 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10849 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10852 push_decl_scope (type);
10853 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10854 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10856 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10862 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10863 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10866 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
10868 dw_die_ref old_die;
10871 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10873 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10874 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10876 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10877 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10878 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10881 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10882 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10883 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10885 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10887 gen_type_die_for_member
10888 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10891 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10892 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10893 current_function_decl = decl;
10895 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10896 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10897 if (! was_abstract)
10898 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10900 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10903 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10907 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10909 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10910 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10911 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10915 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10916 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10917 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
10919 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10920 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10921 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10922 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10923 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10925 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10926 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
10933 if (origin != NULL)
10935 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10938 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10939 inline function. */
10940 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10941 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10943 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10944 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10948 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10950 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10951 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10952 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10953 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10954 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10956 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10957 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10958 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10959 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10960 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10966 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10967 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10968 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10969 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10970 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10971 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10972 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10973 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10974 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10975 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10976 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10977 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10979 subr_die = old_die;
10981 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
10982 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
10983 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
10984 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
10985 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
10986 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10987 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
10991 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10992 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
10993 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10994 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10995 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10996 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10998 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11003 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11005 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11006 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11008 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11009 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11011 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11012 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11013 0, 0, context_die);
11016 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11017 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11018 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11020 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11021 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11022 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11023 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11028 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11030 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11032 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11033 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11034 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11035 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11037 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11038 later reused to represent definition. */
11039 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11042 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11044 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11046 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11047 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11049 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11053 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11054 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11056 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11059 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11061 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11063 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11064 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11067 current_function_funcdef_no);
11068 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11070 current_function_funcdef_no);
11071 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11073 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11074 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11076 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11077 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11078 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11081 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11082 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11083 variables is relative to one of them. */
11084 if (frame_base_decl && lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl) != NULL)
11086 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die, frame_base_decl,
11092 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11093 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11097 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
11098 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
11099 if (current_function_needs_context)
11100 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11101 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
11105 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11106 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11107 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11108 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11109 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11110 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11111 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11112 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11113 an ellipsis at the end. */
11115 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11116 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11117 its formal parameters. */
11118 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11120 else if (declaration)
11121 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11124 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11125 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11128 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11129 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11130 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11131 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11133 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11134 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11135 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11136 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11138 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11141 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11142 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11143 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11144 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11145 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11146 parameters at all. */
11147 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11148 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11150 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11151 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11152 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11154 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11155 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11158 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11159 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11160 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11162 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11163 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11164 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11165 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11166 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11167 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11168 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11170 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11171 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11172 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11173 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11174 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11175 constructor function. */
11176 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11178 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11179 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11181 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11182 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11184 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11185 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11187 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11188 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11195 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11198 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11200 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11201 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11203 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11204 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11205 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11207 if (origin != NULL)
11208 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11210 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11211 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11213 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11214 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11217 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11218 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11219 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11221 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11222 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11223 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11225 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
11227 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11228 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11230 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11231 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
11233 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
11234 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11239 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11240 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11241 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11243 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11244 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11246 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11247 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11249 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11250 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11251 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11252 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11256 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11258 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11259 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11261 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11263 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11264 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11267 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11270 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11273 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11275 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11276 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11278 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11280 if (origin != NULL)
11281 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11283 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11285 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11286 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11289 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11291 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11292 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11293 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11295 && (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11296 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11297 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11299 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11300 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11301 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11302 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11303 it if it ever does happen. */
11304 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11307 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11308 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11313 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11316 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11318 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11319 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11321 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11323 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11327 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11329 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11332 add_ranges (chain);
11333 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11340 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11341 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11342 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11343 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11344 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11345 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11349 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11352 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11355 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11357 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11359 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11360 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11361 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11362 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11363 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11365 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11367 dw_die_ref subr_die
11368 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11369 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11371 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11373 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11374 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11375 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11376 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11377 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11378 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11379 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11382 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11383 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11384 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11385 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11386 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11387 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11388 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11389 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11390 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11391 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11392 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11394 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11397 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11400 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11402 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11404 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11407 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11408 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11409 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11410 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11413 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11415 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11416 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11417 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11420 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11421 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11423 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11424 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11426 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11427 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11428 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11429 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11433 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11434 Use modified_type_die instead.
11435 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11436 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11439 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11442 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11444 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11445 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11446 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11449 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11450 Use modified_type_die instead.
11451 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11452 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11455 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11458 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11460 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11461 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11462 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11466 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11469 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11472 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11473 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11475 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11476 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11477 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11478 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11481 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11484 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11487 char producer[250];
11488 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11491 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11495 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11496 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11497 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11498 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11501 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11503 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11504 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11505 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11506 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11507 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11508 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11509 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11510 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11511 strcat (producer, " -g");
11514 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11516 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11517 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11518 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11519 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11520 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11521 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11522 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11523 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11524 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11525 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11527 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11529 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11533 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11536 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11538 dw_die_ref type_die
11539 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11541 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11543 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11544 TODO: add string length info. */
11546 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11547 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11551 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11554 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11556 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11558 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11559 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11561 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11562 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11564 if (access == access_public_node)
11565 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11566 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11567 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11570 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11573 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11576 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11579 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11580 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11581 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11582 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11583 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11584 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11585 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11586 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11587 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11588 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11589 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11591 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11592 if (binfo && BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo))
11594 tree bases = BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo);
11595 tree accesses = BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo);
11596 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11599 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11600 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i),
11601 (accesses ? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses, i)
11602 : access_public_node), context_die);
11605 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11606 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11608 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11609 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11610 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11611 do put them in the right order. */
11613 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11615 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11617 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11620 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11621 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11623 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11624 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11627 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11629 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11631 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11635 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11636 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11637 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11640 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11642 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11643 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11645 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11646 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11647 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11648 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11650 if (type_die && ! complete)
11653 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11654 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11655 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11658 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11660 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11661 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11663 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11665 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11666 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11668 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11670 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11672 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11675 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11677 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11678 then give a list of members. */
11679 if (complete && !ns_decl)
11681 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11682 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11683 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11684 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11685 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11686 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11688 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11689 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11690 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11691 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11693 push_decl_scope (type);
11694 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11697 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11698 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11700 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11702 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11703 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11704 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11709 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11711 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11712 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11713 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11714 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11718 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11721 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11723 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11724 dw_die_ref subr_die
11725 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11726 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11728 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11729 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11730 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11731 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11734 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11737 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11739 dw_die_ref type_die;
11742 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11745 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11746 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11747 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11748 if (origin != NULL)
11749 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11754 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11755 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11757 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11759 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11762 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11765 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11767 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11768 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11771 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11772 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11775 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11778 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11782 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11785 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11786 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11788 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11791 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11792 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11795 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11796 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11800 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11801 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11802 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11803 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11804 cloned type itself). */
11805 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11806 type = type_main_variant (type);
11808 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11811 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11817 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11818 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11819 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11820 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11821 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11823 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11825 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11826 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11827 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11831 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11832 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11833 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11835 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11836 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11838 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11840 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11844 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11845 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11849 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11850 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11853 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11854 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11855 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11856 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11860 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11861 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11862 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11866 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11868 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11869 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11872 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11876 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11879 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11882 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11883 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11884 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11885 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11886 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11887 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11888 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11889 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11890 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11891 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11893 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11895 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11898 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11899 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11900 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11905 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
11909 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11910 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11912 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11917 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11918 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11919 when appropriate. */
11928 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11932 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11939 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11942 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11945 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11947 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11950 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11951 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11952 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11954 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11957 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11958 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11960 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11965 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11966 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11970 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11974 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11975 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11983 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11984 things which are local to the given block. */
11987 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11989 int must_output_die = 0;
11992 enum tree_code origin_code;
11994 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11995 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11996 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11999 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12000 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12001 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12002 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12006 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12007 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12012 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12013 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12014 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12015 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12016 the current block. */
12017 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12018 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12020 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12022 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12023 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12024 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12025 must_output_die = 1;
12028 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12029 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12030 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12031 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12032 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12033 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12034 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12035 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12037 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12038 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12039 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12040 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12041 as being a "significant" one. */
12042 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
12044 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12045 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12046 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12047 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12048 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12049 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12051 must_output_die = 1;
12057 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12058 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12059 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12060 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12061 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12062 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12063 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12064 if (must_output_die)
12066 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12067 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12069 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12072 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12075 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12076 all of its sub-blocks. */
12079 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12084 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
12085 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
12088 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12089 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12090 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12091 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12092 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12096 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12097 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12098 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12099 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12103 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12104 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12106 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12109 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12110 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12113 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12114 therein) of this block. */
12115 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12117 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12118 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12121 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12124 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12126 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12129 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12130 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12131 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12132 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12133 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12134 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12140 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12143 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12145 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12146 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12147 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12148 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12151 dw_die_ref context_die;
12152 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12155 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12156 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12157 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12159 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12162 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12164 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12166 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12167 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12168 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12169 declaration die. */
12170 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12171 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12172 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12173 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12177 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12178 gen_decl_die() call. */
12179 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12180 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12181 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12182 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12185 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12186 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12193 /* See if we can find the die for this deci now.
12194 If not then abort. */
12196 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12204 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12207 force_type_die (tree type)
12209 dw_die_ref type_die;
12211 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12214 dw_die_ref context_die;
12215 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12216 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12217 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12219 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12221 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12223 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12224 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12231 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12232 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12235 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12237 tree context = DECL_P (thing) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing);
12238 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12239 /* Force out the namespace. */
12240 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12242 return context_die;
12245 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12246 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12248 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12249 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12252 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12254 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12256 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12259 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12261 if (ns_context != context_die)
12263 if (DECL_P (thing))
12264 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12266 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12270 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12273 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12275 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12277 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12278 they are an alias of. */
12279 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12281 /* Output a real namespace. */
12282 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12283 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12284 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12285 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12289 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12291 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12292 dw_die_ref origin_die
12293 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12295 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12296 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12297 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12298 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12299 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12300 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12304 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12307 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12311 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12314 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12320 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12321 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12324 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12325 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12326 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12327 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12328 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12331 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12332 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12333 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12335 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12336 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12337 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12338 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12339 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12340 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12341 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12342 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12343 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12345 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12346 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12349 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12350 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12352 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12353 have described its return type. */
12354 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12356 /* And its virtual context. */
12357 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12358 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12360 /* And its containing type. */
12361 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12362 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12363 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12365 /* And its containing namespace. */
12366 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12369 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12370 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12374 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12375 actual typedefs. */
12376 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12379 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12380 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12381 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12382 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12383 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12384 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12385 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12387 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12391 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12392 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12394 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12395 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12399 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12400 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12404 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12405 variable declarations or definitions. */
12406 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12409 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12411 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12413 /* And its containing type. */
12414 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12415 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12416 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12418 /* And its containing namespace. */
12419 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12421 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12422 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12423 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12425 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12426 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12427 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12429 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12433 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12434 anonymous unions and structs. */
12435 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12436 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
12437 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
12439 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12440 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12445 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12446 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12449 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12450 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12454 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES)
12455 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12461 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12464 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12466 unsigned int file_index;
12468 if (filename != NULL)
12470 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12471 tree context_list_decl
12472 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12475 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12476 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12477 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12478 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12479 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12483 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12484 compilation proper has finished. */
12487 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12489 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12490 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12491 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12492 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12493 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12494 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12497 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12500 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
12502 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
12503 dw_die_ref scope_die;
12504 unsigned file_index;
12506 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12512 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12513 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12516 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12517 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12519 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
12520 else if (TYPE_P (context))
12521 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
12523 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
12525 /* For TYPE_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12526 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL)
12527 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12529 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12531 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12532 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12533 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
12535 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
12537 file_index = lookup_filename (input_filename);
12538 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12539 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, input_line);
12540 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
12543 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12546 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12548 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12550 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12555 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12556 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12557 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12558 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12559 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12560 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12561 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12562 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12563 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12564 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12565 with the definition of the function.
12567 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12568 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12569 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12570 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12571 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12572 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12573 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12574 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12575 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12576 that they *are* definitions).
12578 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12579 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12580 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12581 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12582 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12583 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12586 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12587 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12588 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12589 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12590 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12591 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12592 context_die = NULL;
12596 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12597 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12598 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12599 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12600 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12601 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12602 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12603 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12604 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12607 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12608 variable declarations or definitions. */
12609 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12613 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12614 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12616 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12621 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12622 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12625 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12626 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12627 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12629 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12630 comparisons have. */
12631 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12632 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12633 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12634 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12635 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12640 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12641 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12644 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12645 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12646 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12647 context_die = NULL;
12655 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12658 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12659 a lexical block. */
12662 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12663 unsigned int blocknum)
12665 function_section (current_function_decl);
12666 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12669 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12673 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
12675 function_section (current_function_decl);
12676 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12679 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12680 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12682 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12683 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12684 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12687 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
12691 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12692 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12693 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12699 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12700 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12701 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12702 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12703 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12704 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12705 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12706 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12707 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12711 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
12714 char *save_file_name;
12716 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12717 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12718 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12721 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12722 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12723 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12726 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12727 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12728 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12729 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12731 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12735 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12736 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12737 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12738 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12739 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12745 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
12747 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
12749 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
12751 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
12752 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
12753 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
12754 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
12755 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
12756 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12758 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
12765 init_file_table (void)
12767 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12768 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12769 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12771 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12772 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12773 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12774 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12777 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
12778 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
12779 our lookup table. */
12782 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
12784 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12785 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
12787 static rtx last_insn;
12788 static const char *last_label;
12790 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
12792 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
12794 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
12795 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
12796 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
12798 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
12799 && last_insn == prev_insn
12800 && GET_CODE (prev_insn) == NOTE
12801 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
12803 newloc->label = last_label;
12807 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
12808 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
12810 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
12812 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
12813 newloc->next = NULL;
12815 last_insn = loc_note;
12816 last_label = newloc->label;
12818 add_var_loc_to_decl (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note), newloc);
12821 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
12822 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
12823 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
12824 that hook is called. */
12827 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12829 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
12832 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12833 and record information relating to this source line, in
12834 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12837 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
12839 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12842 function_section (current_function_decl);
12844 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12845 if (flag_debug_asm)
12846 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12849 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12851 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12853 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
12855 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12856 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12858 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12859 line_info_table_in_use++;
12861 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12862 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12863 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12865 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12867 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12868 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12869 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12871 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12872 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12873 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12875 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12876 separate_line_info_table
12877 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12878 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12879 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12880 memset (separate_line_info_table
12881 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
12883 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12884 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12887 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12889 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12890 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12891 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12892 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12896 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12898 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12899 line_info_table_in_use);
12901 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12902 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12904 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12906 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12907 (line_info_table_allocated
12908 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12909 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12910 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12913 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12914 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12915 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12916 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12921 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12924 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
12926 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12928 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12929 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12931 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12932 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12935 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12937 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12938 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12939 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12941 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
12942 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12943 "Filename we just started");
12947 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12950 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12952 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12953 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12954 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12956 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12958 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12963 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12964 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12965 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12968 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12969 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12971 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12973 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12975 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12976 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12980 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12981 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12982 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12985 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12986 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12988 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12990 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12991 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12992 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12993 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12997 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13000 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13002 init_file_table ();
13004 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13005 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13006 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13008 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13009 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13010 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13012 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13013 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
13015 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13016 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13017 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13018 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13019 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
13020 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13022 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13023 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13024 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13025 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13027 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
13028 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13030 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13031 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13032 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13033 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13034 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13035 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13036 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13038 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
13040 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13042 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13043 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13044 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13045 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
13046 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13048 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
13050 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13051 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13052 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13053 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13055 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13056 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13057 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13058 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13059 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13060 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13061 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13063 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13065 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13066 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13067 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13068 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13071 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
13074 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13078 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13079 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13082 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13084 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13086 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13088 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13089 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13090 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13098 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13099 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13102 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13106 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13107 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13111 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13112 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13115 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13119 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13121 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13123 /* A reference to another DIE.
13124 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13125 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13127 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
13129 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13130 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13131 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13137 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13138 to DIE's children. */
13141 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13145 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13147 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13150 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13151 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13152 if (die->die_parent)
13153 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13155 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13156 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13158 /* If this node is a specification,
13159 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13160 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13161 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13164 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13166 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13167 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13171 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13173 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13174 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13175 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13176 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13178 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13184 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13187 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13191 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13195 switch (die->die_tag) {
13196 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13197 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13198 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13199 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13200 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13201 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13202 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13203 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13204 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13205 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13206 case DW_TAG_friend:
13207 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13208 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13209 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13210 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13211 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13212 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13213 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13214 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13215 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13219 /* Mark everything else. */
13225 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13226 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13228 /* Mark children. */
13229 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13230 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13234 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13237 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13239 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13240 if (!die->die_mark)
13244 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13249 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13257 die->die_child = n;
13264 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13267 prune_unused_types (void)
13270 limbo_die_node *node;
13272 /* Clear all the marks. */
13273 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13274 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13275 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13277 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13278 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13279 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13280 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13282 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13283 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13284 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13285 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13286 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13287 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13289 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13290 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13291 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13292 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13294 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13295 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13296 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13297 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13300 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13301 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13304 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13306 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13307 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13309 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13310 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13311 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13312 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13313 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13314 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13317 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13318 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13319 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13320 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13322 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13327 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13328 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13329 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13330 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13332 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13334 next_node = node->next;
13337 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13339 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13343 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13344 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13346 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13347 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13348 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13349 else if (node->created_for
13350 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
13351 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
13353 (node->created_for)))))
13354 add_child_die (origin, die);
13355 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13356 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13357 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13358 else if (node->created_for
13359 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
13360 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
13361 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
13362 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
13363 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
13365 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13366 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13367 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13368 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13369 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13370 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13373 add_child_die (origin, die);
13380 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13382 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13383 emit full debugging info for them. */
13384 retry_incomplete_types ();
13386 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13387 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13388 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13390 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13391 prune_unused_types ();
13393 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13394 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13395 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13396 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13398 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13399 that have children. */
13400 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13401 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13402 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13404 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13406 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13408 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13409 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13410 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13411 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13412 examining the file. */
13413 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13415 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13416 output_line_info ();
13419 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13420 if (have_location_lists)
13422 /* Output the location lists info. */
13423 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13424 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13425 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13426 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13427 output_location_lists (die);
13428 have_location_lists = 0;
13431 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13433 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13435 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13436 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13439 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13440 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13441 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13442 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13444 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13445 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13446 debug_line_section_label);
13448 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13449 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13451 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13452 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13453 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13454 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13456 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13458 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13459 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13460 output_abbrev_section ();
13462 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13463 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13465 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13466 output_pubnames ();
13469 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13470 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13471 if (fde_table_in_use)
13473 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13477 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13478 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13480 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13481 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13485 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13486 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13488 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13489 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13490 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13493 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13495 if (debug_str_hash)
13496 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13500 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13501 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13503 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13505 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"